1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
61 * DOC: Station handling
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
281 * DOC: TID configuration
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
327 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
329 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
331 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
332 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
335 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
337 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
338 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
339 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
340 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
341 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
342 * compatibility only.
343 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
344 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
346 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
349 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
350 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
351 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
352 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
353 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
355 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
357 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
358 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
360 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
361 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
362 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
363 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
364 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
365 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
366 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
369 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
370 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
371 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
374 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
375 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
376 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
378 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
379 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
380 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
381 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
382 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
383 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
384 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
385 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
386 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
387 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
388 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
389 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
390 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
391 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
392 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
393 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
394 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
395 * attributes determining channel width.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
397 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
398 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
400 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
401 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
402 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
403 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
404 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
405 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
406 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
407 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
408 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
409 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
410 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
411 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
414 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
415 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
417 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
418 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
420 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
421 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
422 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
425 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
427 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
428 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
429 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
430 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
433 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
434 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
435 * global regdomain will be returned.
436 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
437 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
438 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
439 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
440 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
441 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
442 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
443 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
444 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
445 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
446 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
447 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
448 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
449 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
450 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
452 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
453 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
454 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
455 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
456 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
457 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
459 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
460 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
462 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
463 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
465 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
466 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
467 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
468 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
469 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
470 * added to all specified management frames generated by
471 * kernel/firmware/driver.
472 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
473 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
474 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
475 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
476 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
477 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
479 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
480 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
481 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
482 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
483 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
485 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
486 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
487 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
488 * partial scan results may be available
490 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
491 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
492 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
493 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
494 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
495 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
496 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
497 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
498 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
499 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
500 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
501 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
502 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
503 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
504 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
505 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
506 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
507 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
508 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
509 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
510 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
511 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
512 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
513 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
514 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
515 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
516 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
518 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
519 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
520 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
521 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
522 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
523 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
524 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
526 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
528 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
529 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
531 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
532 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
533 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
534 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
535 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
536 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
537 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
539 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
540 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
541 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
543 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
545 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
546 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
547 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
548 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
549 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
550 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
551 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
552 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
553 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
554 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
555 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
556 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
557 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
558 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
559 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
560 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
561 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
562 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
563 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
564 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
565 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
566 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
567 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
569 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
570 * the beacon hint was processed.
572 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
573 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
574 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
575 * authentication process.
576 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
577 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
578 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
579 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
580 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
581 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
582 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
583 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
584 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
586 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
587 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
588 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
589 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
590 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
591 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
592 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
593 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
594 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
595 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
596 * pending authentication timed out).
597 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
598 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
599 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
600 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
601 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
602 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
603 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
605 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
606 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
607 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
609 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
610 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
611 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
613 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
614 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
615 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
616 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
617 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
618 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
619 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
621 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
622 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
623 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
624 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
625 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
626 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
627 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
628 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
629 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
630 * determined by the network interface.
632 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
633 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
636 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
637 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
638 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
639 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
640 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
641 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
642 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
643 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
645 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
646 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
647 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
648 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
649 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
650 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
651 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
652 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
653 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
654 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
655 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
656 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
657 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
658 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
659 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
660 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
661 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
662 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
663 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
664 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
665 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
666 * a different BSS is desired.
667 * Background scan period can optionally be
668 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
669 * if not specified default background scan configuration
670 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
671 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
672 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
673 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
674 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
675 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
676 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
677 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
678 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
679 * well to remain backwards compatible.
680 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
681 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
682 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
683 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
684 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
685 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
686 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
687 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
688 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
689 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
690 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
692 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
693 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
695 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
696 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
697 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
698 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
699 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
700 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
701 * frequency for the operation.
702 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
703 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
704 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
705 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
707 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
708 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
709 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
710 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
711 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
712 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
713 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
714 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
715 * uniquely identify the request.
716 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
717 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
719 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
720 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
721 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
723 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
724 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
725 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
726 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
727 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
728 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
729 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
730 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
731 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
732 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
733 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
734 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
735 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
736 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
737 * backward compatibility
738 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
739 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
740 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
741 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
742 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
743 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
744 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
745 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
746 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
747 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
748 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
749 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
750 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
751 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
752 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
753 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
754 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
755 * is used during CSA period.
756 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
757 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
758 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
759 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
761 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
762 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
763 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
764 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
765 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
767 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
768 * backward compatibility.
770 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
771 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
773 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
774 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
776 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
777 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
779 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
780 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
781 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
782 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
783 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
784 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
785 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
786 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
787 * precedence when they are used.
789 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
790 * (no longer supported).
792 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
793 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
794 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
795 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
796 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
797 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
798 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
799 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
800 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
801 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
802 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
803 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
804 * command, the feature is disabled.
806 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
807 * mesh config parameters may be given.
808 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
809 * network is determined by the network interface.
811 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
812 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
813 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
815 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
816 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
818 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
819 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
820 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
821 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
822 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
823 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
824 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
825 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
826 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
827 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
828 * depending on the authentication result.
830 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
832 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
833 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
834 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
835 * more background information, see
836 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
837 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
838 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
839 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
840 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
841 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
842 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
844 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
845 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
846 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
847 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
848 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
849 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
850 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
852 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
853 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
855 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
856 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
857 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
858 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
859 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
860 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
861 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
862 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
863 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
864 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
865 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
866 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
867 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
868 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
869 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
871 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
872 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
873 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
874 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
876 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
877 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
878 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
879 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
880 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
882 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
883 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
884 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
885 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
887 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
888 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
889 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
890 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
891 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
892 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
893 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
895 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
896 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
897 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
898 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
900 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
901 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
903 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
904 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
905 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
906 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
907 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
908 * from the remote AP) is completed;
910 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
911 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
912 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
913 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
914 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
915 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
916 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
917 * interfaces to change channel as well.
919 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
920 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
921 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
922 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
923 * public action frame TX.
924 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
925 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
927 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
928 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
929 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
932 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
933 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
936 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
937 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
938 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
939 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
940 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
941 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
942 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
943 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
945 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
946 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
947 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
948 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
949 * while operating on this channel.
950 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
953 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
954 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
955 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
957 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
958 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
960 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
961 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
962 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
963 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
965 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
966 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
969 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
970 * return back to normal.
972 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
973 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
975 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
976 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
977 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
978 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
979 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
980 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
981 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
982 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
983 * switch is complete.
985 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
986 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
987 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
988 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
989 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
990 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
991 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
992 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
994 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
995 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
996 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
997 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
998 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1000 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1001 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1002 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1003 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1004 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1005 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1006 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1007 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1008 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1009 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1010 * fail even if the check was successful.
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1012 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1013 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1014 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1016 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1017 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1020 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1021 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1022 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1023 * network is determined by the network interface.
1025 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1026 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1027 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1028 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1030 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1031 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1033 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1034 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1035 * when this command completes.
1037 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1038 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1041 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1042 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1043 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1046 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1047 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1048 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1049 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1050 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1051 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1052 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1053 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1055 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1056 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1058 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1059 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1060 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1061 * of the function upon success.
1062 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1063 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1064 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1065 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1066 * which just terminated.
1067 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1068 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1069 * the response to this command.
1070 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1071 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1072 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1073 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1074 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1076 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1077 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1078 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1080 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1081 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1082 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1083 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1084 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1087 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1088 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1089 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1090 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1091 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1093 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1094 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1095 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1096 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1097 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1098 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1099 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1100 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1101 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1102 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1103 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1104 * should be indicated instead.
1105 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1106 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1107 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1108 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1109 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1111 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1112 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1113 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1114 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1116 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1118 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1119 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1120 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1121 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1122 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1123 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1125 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1126 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1127 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1128 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1129 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1130 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1131 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1132 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1133 * command interface.
1135 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1136 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1137 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1139 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1140 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1141 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1142 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1144 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1145 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1147 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1148 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1149 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1150 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1151 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1152 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1153 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1154 * the netlink extended ack message.
1156 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1158 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1159 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1160 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1163 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1164 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1165 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1166 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1167 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1168 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1169 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1171 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1172 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1173 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1174 * determining the width and type.
1176 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1177 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1178 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1179 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1181 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1182 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1183 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1184 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1185 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1186 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1187 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1188 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1189 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1192 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1193 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1194 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1196 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1197 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1199 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1200 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1201 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1202 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1204 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1205 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1206 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1207 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1208 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1210 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1211 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1212 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1214 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1215 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1217 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1218 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1220 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1223 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1226 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1229 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1230 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1231 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1232 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1233 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1235 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1236 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1238 enum nl80211_commands
{
1239 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1242 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY
, /* can dump */
1243 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
,
1244 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY
,
1245 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY
,
1247 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE
, /* can dump */
1248 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE
,
1249 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE
,
1250 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE
,
1252 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY
,
1253 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY
,
1254 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY
,
1255 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY
,
1257 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON
,
1258 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON
,
1259 NL80211_CMD_START_AP
,
1260 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON
= NL80211_CMD_START_AP
,
1261 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
,
1262 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON
= NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
,
1264 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION
,
1265 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION
,
1266 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION
,
1267 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION
,
1269 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH
,
1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH
,
1271 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH
,
1272 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH
,
1274 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
,
1276 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG
,
1277 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG
,
1279 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
,
1280 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
,
1282 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
/* reserved; not used */,
1284 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG
,
1286 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN
,
1287 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
,
1288 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS
,
1289 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED
,
1291 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
,
1293 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
,
1294 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
,
1295 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
,
1296 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
,
1298 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE
,
1300 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
,
1302 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS
,
1303 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS
,
1305 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE
,
1307 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
,
1309 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
,
1311 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS
,
1313 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
,
1314 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS
,
1316 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA
,
1317 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA
,
1318 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA
,
1320 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
,
1321 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
,
1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK
,
1325 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME
,
1326 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION
= NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME
,
1328 NL80211_CMD_ACTION
= NL80211_CMD_FRAME
,
1329 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS
,
1330 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS
= NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS
,
1332 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE
,
1333 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE
,
1335 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM
,
1336 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM
,
1338 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
,
1339 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER
,
1341 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL
,
1343 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH
,
1344 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH
,
1346 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE
,
1347 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE
,
1349 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE
,
1351 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN
,
1352 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN
,
1354 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
,
1355 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
,
1356 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS
,
1357 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED
,
1359 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD
,
1361 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
,
1363 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER
,
1364 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
,
1366 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME
,
1368 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT
,
1370 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS
,
1372 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME
,
1374 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP
,
1376 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY
,
1378 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE
,
1379 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
,
1381 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED
,
1383 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE
,
1385 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL
,
1387 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT
,
1389 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES
,
1391 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES
,
1392 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT
,
1394 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START
,
1395 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP
,
1397 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE
,
1398 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE
,
1400 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH
,
1404 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP
,
1406 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
,
1407 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS
,
1409 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP
,
1411 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB
,
1412 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB
,
1414 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY
,
1416 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH
,
1417 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH
,
1419 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE
,
1421 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN
,
1423 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
,
1424 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN
,
1425 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION
,
1426 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION
,
1427 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG
,
1428 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH
,
1430 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST
,
1432 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS
,
1434 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK
,
1435 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK
,
1437 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED
,
1439 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB
,
1441 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
,
1443 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED
,
1445 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME
,
1447 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
,
1449 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START
,
1450 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT
,
1451 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE
,
1453 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR
,
1455 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO
,
1457 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK
,
1459 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG
,
1461 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON
,
1463 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS
,
1465 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS
,
1467 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION
,
1469 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST
,
1471 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED
,
1472 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED
,
1473 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED
,
1475 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD
,
1477 /* add new commands above here */
1479 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1480 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST
,
1481 NL80211_CMD_MAX
= __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST
- 1
1485 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1488 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1489 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1490 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1491 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1492 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1493 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1494 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1495 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1497 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1499 /* source-level API compatibility */
1500 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1501 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1502 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1505 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1510 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1514 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1515 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1516 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1517 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1519 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1520 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1522 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1523 * operating channel center frequency.
1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1525 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1527 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1528 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1530 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1531 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1532 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1533 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1535 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1536 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1538 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1539 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1541 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1542 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1544 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1545 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1547 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1554 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1559 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1563 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1565 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1568 * default management key
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1570 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1572 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1581 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1583 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1585 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1586 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1588 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1590 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1591 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1594 * consisting of a nested array.
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1598 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1601 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1602 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1605 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1608 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1609 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1610 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1611 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1612 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1613 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1614 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1615 * to a specific alpha2.
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1625 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1626 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1629 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1632 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1633 * of the interface mode.
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1636 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1639 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1642 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1644 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1646 * that can be added to a scan request
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1648 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1650 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1654 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1658 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1660 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1663 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1664 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1667 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1668 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1671 * represented as a u32
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1673 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1679 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1680 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1681 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1682 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1684 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1685 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1686 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1687 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1693 * for other networks on different channels
1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1696 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1699 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1700 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1701 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1702 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1703 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1704 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1705 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1708 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1711 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1712 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1713 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1714 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1715 * default in station mode.
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1717 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1718 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1719 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1720 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1721 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1723 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1724 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1726 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1727 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1728 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1729 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1730 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1731 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1732 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1733 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1734 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1737 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1740 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1741 * a local disconnect request.
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1745 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1746 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1749 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1750 * (an array of u32).
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1752 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1755 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1756 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1758 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1759 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1760 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1761 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1762 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1763 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1764 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1767 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1769 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1772 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1773 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1774 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1775 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1778 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1780 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1781 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1786 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1787 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1788 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1789 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1790 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1791 * completely from scratch.
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1796 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1797 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1801 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1805 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1806 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1811 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1812 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1813 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1814 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1815 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1816 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1817 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1818 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1819 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1820 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1821 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1822 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1825 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1827 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1829 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1830 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1831 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1833 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1834 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1837 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1842 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1845 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1846 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1847 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1848 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1851 * connected to this BSS.
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1854 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1856 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1857 * for non-automatic settings.
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1860 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1863 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1864 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1865 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1867 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1868 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1869 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1870 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1871 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1872 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1873 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1874 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1875 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1876 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1879 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1880 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1881 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1882 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1885 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1888 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1893 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1894 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1895 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1896 * nl80211 capability flag.
1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1901 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1902 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1905 * changed once the mesh is active.
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1907 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1909 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1910 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1912 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1913 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1914 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1917 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1919 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1920 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1927 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1928 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1929 * pass-thru filter rules.
1930 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1931 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1932 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1933 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1934 * able to ignore them by itself.
1935 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1936 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1937 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1938 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1939 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1940 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1941 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1942 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1945 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1946 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1948 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1949 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1950 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1953 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1956 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1957 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1958 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1961 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1962 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1965 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1966 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1967 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1969 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1970 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1971 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1972 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1975 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1980 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1983 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1986 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1987 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1988 * applications use this attribute.
1989 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1990 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1993 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1994 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1996 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1998 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2000 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2002 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2003 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2004 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2007 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2008 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2009 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2012 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2013 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2014 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2017 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2019 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2020 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2021 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2024 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2025 * to be filled by the FW.
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2027 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2028 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2030 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2031 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2033 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2034 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2036 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2037 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2038 * The values that may be configured are:
2039 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2040 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2041 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2042 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2043 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2046 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2047 * to one DFS region.
2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2053 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2054 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2055 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2056 * capability to timeout the stations.
2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2059 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2060 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2063 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2066 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2067 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2068 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2069 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2072 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2073 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2076 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2077 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2078 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2079 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2080 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2081 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2082 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2083 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2087 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2092 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2094 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2095 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2096 * no change is made.
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2099 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2102 * carried in a u32 attribute
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2108 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2112 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2115 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2116 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2118 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2121 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2124 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2128 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2131 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2132 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2140 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2142 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2145 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2146 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2147 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2152 * until the channel switch event.
2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2154 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2155 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2156 * was requested by the AP.
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2158 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2160 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2162 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2165 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2170 * operating classes.
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2173 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2174 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2175 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2176 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2180 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2182 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2185 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2186 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2187 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2191 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2194 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2196 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2199 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2200 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2206 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2207 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2208 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2209 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2210 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2213 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2215 * supported number of csa counters.
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2218 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2221 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2222 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2223 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2224 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2225 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2226 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2227 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2228 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2229 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2230 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2231 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2232 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2233 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2235 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2236 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2237 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2238 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2239 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2240 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2241 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2242 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2245 * the TDLS link initiator.
2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2248 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2249 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2250 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2251 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2252 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2253 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2254 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2255 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2256 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2257 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2258 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2261 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2262 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2263 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2264 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2269 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2272 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2279 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2280 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2281 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2284 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2285 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2286 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2287 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2288 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2291 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2292 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2293 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2294 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2295 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2296 * over all channels.
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2299 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2300 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2301 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2304 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2307 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2309 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2311 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2313 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2314 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2315 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2316 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2317 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2319 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2320 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2321 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2323 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2324 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2325 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2326 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2327 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2330 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2335 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2336 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2340 * groupID for monitor mode.
2341 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2342 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2343 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2344 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2345 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2347 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2348 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2349 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2350 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2352 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2354 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2355 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2356 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2358 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2359 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2360 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2361 * attribute must not be included).
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2363 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2365 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2366 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2367 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2368 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2370 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2371 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2372 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2374 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2375 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2378 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2379 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2380 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2381 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2383 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2384 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2385 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2386 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2387 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2388 * the device will decide what to use.
2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2390 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2393 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2397 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2398 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2401 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2404 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2407 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2408 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2409 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2410 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2411 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2412 * unnecessary wakeups.
2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2415 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2416 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2417 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2418 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2421 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2422 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2425 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2426 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2429 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2430 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2433 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2434 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2437 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2438 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2439 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2440 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2443 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2444 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2447 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2448 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2449 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2450 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2451 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2452 * is included as well.
2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2455 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2457 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2460 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2461 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2462 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2465 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2466 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2467 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2468 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2470 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2471 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2472 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2473 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2476 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2479 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2481 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2482 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2483 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2485 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2486 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2488 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2489 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2491 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2492 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2493 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2494 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2497 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2499 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2500 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2504 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2505 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2506 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2507 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2513 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2516 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2517 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2518 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2522 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2523 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2527 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2531 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2532 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2534 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2535 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2543 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2544 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2545 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2546 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2547 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2550 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2551 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2555 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2557 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2558 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2559 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2560 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2561 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2562 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2563 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2564 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2565 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2566 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2568 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2569 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2570 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2571 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2572 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2573 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2576 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2577 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2578 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2579 * disassociation is still forced.
2580 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2581 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2583 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2584 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2585 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2586 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2590 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2592 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2593 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2594 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2597 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2598 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2601 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2602 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2603 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2604 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2607 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2608 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2609 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2612 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2613 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2614 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2617 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2621 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2624 * until the color switch event.
2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2627 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2628 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2630 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2631 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2632 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2633 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2634 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2636 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2638 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2639 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2640 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2642 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2644 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2646 enum nl80211_attrs
{
2647 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2648 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC
,
2651 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME
,
2653 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
,
2654 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME
,
2655 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
,
2659 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA
,
2660 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
,
2661 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER
,
2662 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ
,
2663 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT
,
2665 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL
,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD
,
2667 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD
,
2668 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
,
2670 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID
,
2671 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS
,
2672 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL
,
2673 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES
,
2674 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN
,
2675 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
,
2677 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS
,
2679 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS
,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID
,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION
,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP
,
2684 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO
,
2686 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT
,
2687 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE
,
2688 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
,
2690 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
,
2692 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES
,
2694 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2
,
2695 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES
,
2697 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
,
2699 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
,
2701 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
,
2702 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
,
2703 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
,
2705 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT
,
2707 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
,
2710 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS
,
2712 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES
,
2713 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS
,
2714 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2717 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
,
2718 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
,
2720 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS
,
2724 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
,
2725 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
,
2727 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE
,
2729 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN
,
2730 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES
,
2732 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE
,
2733 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER
,
2735 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED
,
2738 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT
,
2739 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG
,
2740 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD
,
2741 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD
,
2743 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT
,
2745 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP
,
2747 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2
,
2749 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT
,
2751 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA
,
2753 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY
,
2755 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP
,
2756 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE
,
2758 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
,
2759 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
,
2760 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
,
2761 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
,
2763 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE
,
2764 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE
,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID
,
2775 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
,
2778 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS
,
2780 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION
,
2782 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE
,
2784 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS
,
2786 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES
,
2788 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH
,
2792 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
,
2796 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE
,
2798 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE
,
2800 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
,
2801 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL
,
2803 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES
,
2804 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES
,
2805 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE
,
2807 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE
,
2808 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT
,
2810 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN
,
2812 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX
,
2813 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX
,
2815 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE
,
2817 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK
,
2819 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE
,
2821 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
,
2823 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION
,
2825 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP
,
2827 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX
,
2828 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX
,
2830 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH
,
2831 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE
,
2833 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS
,
2834 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED
,
2836 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL
,
2838 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS
,
2839 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES
,
2841 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA
,
2843 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS
,
2844 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN
,
2846 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES
,
2848 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
,
2850 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP
,
2851 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP
,
2853 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME
,
2854 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD
,
2856 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT
,
2858 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH
,
2859 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS
,
2861 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
,
2863 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE
,
2865 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION
,
2866 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN
,
2867 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
,
2868 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT
,
2869 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP
,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
,
2873 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK
,
2875 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
,
2877 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD
,
2879 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP
,
2881 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION
,
2883 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT
,
2884 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK
,
2886 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP
,
2888 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT
,
2890 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM
,
2892 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD
,
2896 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE
,
2898 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
,
2900 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
,
2902 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY
,
2904 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS
,
2906 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
,
2907 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
,
2908 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
,
2910 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW
,
2911 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS
,
2913 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE
,
2915 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY
,
2917 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS
,
2919 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX
,
2921 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT
,
2923 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA
,
2924 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK
,
2926 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY
,
2927 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY
,
2929 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES
,
2930 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP
,
2932 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT
,
2933 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK
,
2936 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC
,
2938 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID
,
2939 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION
,
2941 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID
,
2943 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE
,
2945 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT
,
2946 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX
,
2947 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES
,
2948 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
,
2949 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
,
2951 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS
,
2953 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS
,
2955 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES
,
2957 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS
,
2959 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ
,
2960 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ
,
2962 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF
,
2964 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID
,
2965 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD
,
2966 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
,
2967 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS
,
2969 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP
,
2971 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT
,
2972 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
,
2974 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA
,
2976 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY
,
2978 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
,
2980 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX
,
2981 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS
,
2983 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR
,
2985 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM
,
2987 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK
,
2990 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
,
2991 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME
,
2993 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE
,
2995 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS
,
2997 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK
,
2999 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG
,
3001 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES
,
3003 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS
,
3005 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD
,
3007 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
,
3009 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR
,
3011 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS
,
3012 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL
,
3013 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS
,
3014 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS
,
3018 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
,
3020 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS
,
3024 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA
,
3026 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA
,
3027 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR
,
3029 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF
,
3030 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID
,
3031 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION
,
3032 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY
,
3034 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID
,
3036 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF
,
3038 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC
,
3039 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH
,
3041 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK
,
3042 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES
,
3044 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED
,
3048 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI
,
3049 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST
,
3051 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON
,
3053 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME
,
3054 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM
,
3055 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM
,
3056 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK
,
3057 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID
,
3061 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI
,
3062 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS
,
3064 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
,
3065 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
,
3066 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED
,
3068 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION
,
3069 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT
,
3072 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL
,
3074 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211
,
3076 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS
,
3077 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT
,
3078 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT
,
3079 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM
,
3081 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY
,
3083 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER
,
3085 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
,
3087 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT
,
3089 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS
,
3091 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT
,
3092 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING
,
3093 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER
,
3095 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD
,
3097 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER
,
3099 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD
,
3101 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS
,
3102 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG
,
3104 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID
,
3106 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR
,
3108 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES
,
3110 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
,
3112 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH
,
3114 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
,
3115 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD
,
3117 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST
,
3118 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET
,
3119 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET
,
3120 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ
,
3122 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY
,
3124 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY
,
3126 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
,
3128 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY
,
3129 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK
,
3131 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE
,
3133 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED
,
3135 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC
,
3137 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE
,
3139 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP
,
3141 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT
,
3142 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR
,
3143 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS
,
3145 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG
,
3146 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS
,
3148 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3150 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3151 NUM_NL80211_ATTR
= __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3152 NL80211_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3155 /* source-level API compatibility */
3156 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3157 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3158 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3159 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3160 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3161 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3164 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3167 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3168 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3169 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3170 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3171 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3172 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3173 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3174 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3175 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3176 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3177 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3178 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3179 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3180 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3181 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3182 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3183 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3184 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3185 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3186 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3187 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3189 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3191 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3192 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3193 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3194 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3195 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3196 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3197 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3198 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3199 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3200 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3201 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3202 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3204 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3206 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3207 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3209 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3212 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3214 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3215 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3216 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3217 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3218 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3219 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3220 * AP type interface.
3221 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3222 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3223 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3224 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3225 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3226 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3227 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3228 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3229 * commands to create and destroy one
3230 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3231 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3232 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3233 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3234 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3236 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3237 * to set the type of an interface.
3240 enum nl80211_iftype
{
3241 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED
,
3242 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC
,
3243 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION
,
3245 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN
,
3247 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR
,
3248 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT
,
3249 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT
,
3250 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO
,
3251 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE
,
3256 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES
,
3257 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES
- 1
3261 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3263 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3264 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3266 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3267 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3268 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3269 * with short barker preamble
3270 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3271 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3272 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3273 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3274 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3275 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3276 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3278 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3279 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3280 * previously added station into associated state
3281 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3282 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3284 enum nl80211_sta_flags
{
3285 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID
,
3286 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED
,
3287 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE
,
3288 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME
,
3289 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP
,
3290 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED
,
3291 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
,
3292 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED
,
3295 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
,
3296 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3300 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3302 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3303 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3304 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3306 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
{
3307 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED
= 0,
3308 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED
,
3310 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS
,
3313 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3316 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3317 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3318 * @set: which values to set them to
3320 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3322 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update
{
3325 } __attribute__((packed
));
3328 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3329 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3330 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3331 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3333 enum nl80211_he_gi
{
3334 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8
,
3335 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6
,
3336 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2
,
3340 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3341 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3342 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3343 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3345 enum nl80211_he_ltf
{
3346 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF
,
3347 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF
,
3348 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF
,
3352 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3353 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3354 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3355 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3356 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3357 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3358 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3359 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3361 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
{
3362 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26
,
3363 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52
,
3364 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106
,
3365 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242
,
3366 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484
,
3367 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996
,
3368 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996
,
3372 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3374 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3375 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3376 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3377 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3378 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3379 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3380 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3381 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3382 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3384 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3385 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3386 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3387 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3388 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3389 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3390 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3391 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3392 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3393 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3394 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3395 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3396 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3397 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3398 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3399 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3400 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3401 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3402 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3403 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3404 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3405 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3406 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3407 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3408 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3409 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3410 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3412 enum nl80211_rate_info
{
3413 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID
,
3414 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE
,
3415 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS
,
3416 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3417 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI
,
3418 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32
,
3419 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS
,
3420 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS
,
3421 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3422 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3423 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3424 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3425 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3426 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS
,
3427 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS
,
3428 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI
,
3429 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM
,
3430 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC
,
3433 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
3434 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3438 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3440 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3441 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3443 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3444 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3445 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3447 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3449 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3450 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3451 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3452 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3454 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
{
3455 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID
,
3456 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT
,
3457 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE
,
3458 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
,
3459 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD
,
3460 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL
,
3463 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST
,
3464 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3468 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3470 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3471 * when getting information about a station.
3473 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3474 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3475 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3476 * (u32, from this station)
3477 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3478 * (u32, to this station)
3479 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3480 * (u64, from this station)
3481 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3482 * (u64, to this station)
3483 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3484 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3485 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3486 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3487 * (u32, from this station)
3488 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3489 * (u32, to this station)
3490 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3491 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3492 * (u32, to this station)
3493 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3494 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3495 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3496 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3497 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3498 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3499 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3500 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3501 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3502 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3503 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3504 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3505 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3506 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3507 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3508 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3510 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3511 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3512 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3513 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3514 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3515 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3516 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3518 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3519 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3520 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3521 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3522 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3523 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3524 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3525 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3526 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3527 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3528 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3529 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3530 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3531 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3532 * (u32, from this station)
3533 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3534 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3535 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3536 * might not be fully accurate.
3537 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3538 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3539 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3540 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3541 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3542 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3543 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3544 * of STA's association
3545 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3546 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3547 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3548 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3550 enum nl80211_sta_info
{
3551 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID
,
3552 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME
,
3553 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES
,
3554 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES
,
3555 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID
,
3556 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID
,
3557 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE
,
3558 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL
,
3559 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE
,
3560 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS
,
3561 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS
,
3562 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES
,
3563 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED
,
3564 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3565 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE
,
3566 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
,
3567 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME
,
3568 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS
,
3569 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS
,
3570 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET
,
3571 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM
,
3572 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM
,
3573 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM
,
3574 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64
,
3575 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64
,
3576 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL
,
3577 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3578 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT
,
3579 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC
,
3580 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX
,
3581 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3582 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS
,
3583 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION
,
3584 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD
,
3585 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL
,
3586 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3587 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS
,
3588 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT
,
3589 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE
,
3590 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION
,
3591 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT
,
3592 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC
,
3593 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME
,
3594 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS
,
3597 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
3598 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3601 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3602 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3606 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3607 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3608 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3609 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3610 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3611 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3612 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3613 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3615 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3616 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3617 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3618 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3620 enum nl80211_tid_stats
{
3621 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID
,
3622 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU
,
3623 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU
,
3624 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES
,
3625 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED
,
3626 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD
,
3627 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS
,
3630 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS
,
3631 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS
- 1
3635 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3636 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3637 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3638 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3639 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3641 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3642 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3643 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3644 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3645 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3646 * (only for per-phy stats)
3647 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3648 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3649 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3650 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3651 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3653 enum nl80211_txq_stats
{
3654 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID
,
3655 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES
,
3656 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS
,
3657 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS
,
3658 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS
,
3659 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS
,
3660 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT
,
3661 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY
,
3662 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS
,
3663 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES
,
3664 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS
,
3665 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS
,
3668 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS
,
3669 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS
- 1
3673 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3675 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3676 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3677 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3678 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3679 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3681 enum nl80211_mpath_flags
{
3682 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE
= 1<<0,
3683 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING
= 1<<1,
3684 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID
= 1<<2,
3685 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED
= 1<<3,
3686 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED
= 1<<4,
3690 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3692 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3693 * information about a mesh path.
3695 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3696 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3697 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3698 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3699 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3700 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3701 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3702 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3703 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3704 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3705 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3706 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3708 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3710 enum nl80211_mpath_info
{
3711 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID
,
3712 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN
,
3713 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN
,
3714 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC
,
3715 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME
,
3716 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS
,
3717 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT
,
3718 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES
,
3719 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT
,
3720 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE
,
3723 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
3724 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3728 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3730 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3731 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3732 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3733 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3735 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3737 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3739 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3740 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3741 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3743 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3744 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3745 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3746 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3747 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3749 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
{
3750 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID
,
3752 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES
,
3753 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC
,
3754 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY
,
3755 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET
,
3756 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE
,
3757 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA
,
3758 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS
,
3761 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3762 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3766 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3767 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3768 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3769 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3770 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3771 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3772 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3773 * defined in 802.11n
3774 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3775 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3776 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3777 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3778 * defined in 802.11ac
3779 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3780 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3781 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3782 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3783 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3784 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3785 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3786 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3787 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3788 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3789 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3791 enum nl80211_band_attr
{
3792 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID
,
3793 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS
,
3794 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES
,
3796 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET
,
3797 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
,
3798 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR
,
3799 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY
,
3801 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET
,
3802 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA
,
3803 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA
,
3805 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS
,
3806 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG
,
3809 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3810 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3813 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3816 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3818 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3819 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3820 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3821 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3822 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3823 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3824 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3826 enum nl80211_wmm_rule
{
3827 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID
,
3828 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN
,
3829 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX
,
3834 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST
,
3835 NL80211_WMMR_MAX
= __NL80211_WMMR_LAST
- 1
3839 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3840 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3841 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3842 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3843 * regulatory domain.
3844 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3845 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3846 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3847 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3848 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3849 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3851 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3852 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3853 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3854 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3855 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3856 * channel as the control channel
3857 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3858 * channel as the control channel
3859 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3860 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3861 * this includes 80+80 channels
3862 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3863 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3865 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3866 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3867 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3868 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3869 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3870 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3871 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3872 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3873 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3874 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3875 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3876 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3877 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3878 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3879 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3880 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3881 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3882 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3883 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3884 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3885 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3886 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3887 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3888 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3889 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3890 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3891 * in current regulatory domain.
3892 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3893 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
3894 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3895 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
3896 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3897 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
3898 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3899 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
3900 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3901 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
3902 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3903 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3905 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3907 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3908 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3909 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3910 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3912 enum nl80211_frequency_attr
{
3913 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID
,
3914 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ
,
3915 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED
,
3916 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
,
3917 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS
,
3918 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR
,
3919 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
,
3920 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE
,
3921 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME
,
3922 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS
,
3923 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS
,
3924 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ
,
3925 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ
,
3926 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME
,
3927 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
,
3928 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
,
3929 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ
,
3930 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ
,
3931 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM
,
3932 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE
,
3933 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET
,
3934 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ
,
3935 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ
,
3936 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ
,
3937 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ
,
3938 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ
,
3941 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3942 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3945 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3946 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3947 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3948 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3949 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3950 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3953 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3954 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3955 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3956 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3958 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3960 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3962 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr
{
3963 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID
,
3964 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE
,
3965 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE
,
3968 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3969 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3973 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3974 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3975 * regulatory domain.
3976 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3977 * regulatory domain.
3978 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3979 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3980 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3981 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3982 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3983 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3984 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3985 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3986 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3988 enum nl80211_reg_initiator
{
3989 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE
,
3990 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER
,
3991 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER
,
3992 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE
,
3996 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3997 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3998 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3999 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4000 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4002 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4003 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4004 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4005 * them to be applied.
4006 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4007 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4008 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4009 * domain request to be processed.
4011 enum nl80211_reg_type
{
4012 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY
,
4013 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD
,
4014 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD
,
4015 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION
,
4019 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4020 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4021 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4022 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4023 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4024 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4025 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4027 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4028 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4030 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4031 * frequency range, in KHz.
4032 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4033 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4034 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4035 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4036 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4037 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4038 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4039 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4041 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4043 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr
{
4044 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID
,
4045 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS
,
4047 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START
,
4048 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END
,
4049 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW
,
4051 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN
,
4052 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP
,
4054 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME
,
4057 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4058 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4062 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4063 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4064 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4065 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4066 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4067 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4068 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4069 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4070 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4071 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4072 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4073 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4074 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4075 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4076 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4077 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4078 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4079 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4080 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4081 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4082 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4083 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4084 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4085 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4086 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4087 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4088 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4089 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4090 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4091 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4092 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4093 * attribute number currently defined
4094 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4096 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr
{
4097 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID
,
4099 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
,
4100 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI
,
4101 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI
,
4102 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST
,
4103 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID
,
4104 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI
,
4107 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4108 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX
=
4109 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4112 /* only for backward compatibility */
4113 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4116 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4118 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4119 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4120 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4121 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4122 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4123 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4124 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4125 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4126 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4128 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4129 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4130 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4131 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4132 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4133 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4134 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4135 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4136 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4138 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags
{
4139 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM
= 1<<0,
4140 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK
= 1<<1,
4141 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR
= 1<<2,
4142 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR
= 1<<3,
4143 NL80211_RRF_DFS
= 1<<4,
4144 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY
= 1<<5,
4145 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY
= 1<<6,
4146 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
= 1<<7,
4147 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
= 1<<8,
4148 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW
= 1<<11,
4149 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
= 1<<12,
4150 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS
= 1<<13,
4151 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS
= 1<<14,
4152 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ
= 1<<15,
4153 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ
= 1<<16,
4154 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE
= 1<<17,
4157 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4158 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4159 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4160 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4161 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4162 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4164 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4165 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4168 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4170 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4171 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4172 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4173 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4175 enum nl80211_dfs_regions
{
4176 NL80211_DFS_UNSET
= 0,
4177 NL80211_DFS_FCC
= 1,
4178 NL80211_DFS_ETSI
= 2,
4183 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4185 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4186 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4187 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4188 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4189 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4190 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4191 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4192 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4193 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4194 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4195 * supported feature.
4196 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4197 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4199 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type
{
4200 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER
= 0,
4201 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE
= 1,
4202 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR
= 2,
4206 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4208 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4209 * when getting information about a survey.
4211 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4212 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4213 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4214 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4215 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4216 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4217 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4218 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4219 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4220 * channel was sensed busy
4221 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4222 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4223 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4224 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4225 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4226 * (on this channel or globally)
4227 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4228 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4229 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4230 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4232 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4233 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4235 enum nl80211_survey_info
{
4236 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID
,
4237 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY
,
4238 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE
,
4239 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE
,
4240 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
,
4241 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
,
4242 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
,
4243 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
,
4244 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
,
4245 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN
,
4246 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD
,
4247 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX
,
4248 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET
,
4251 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
4252 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4255 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4256 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4257 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4258 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4259 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4260 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4263 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4265 * Monitor configuration flags.
4267 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4269 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4270 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4271 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4272 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4273 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4274 * overrides all other flags.
4275 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4276 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4278 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4279 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4281 enum nl80211_mntr_flags
{
4282 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID
,
4283 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL
,
4284 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL
,
4285 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL
,
4286 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS
,
4287 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES
,
4288 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE
,
4291 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
,
4292 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX
= __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4296 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4298 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4299 * not known or has not been set yet.
4300 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4301 * in Awake state all the time.
4302 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4303 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4304 * neighbor's beacons.
4305 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4306 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4307 * for neighbor's beacons.
4309 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4310 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4313 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode
{
4314 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN
,
4315 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE
,
4316 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP
,
4317 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP
,
4319 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST
,
4320 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX
= __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4324 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4326 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4329 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4331 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4332 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4334 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4335 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4337 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4340 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4341 * on this mesh interface
4343 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4344 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4347 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4350 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4351 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4352 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4355 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4356 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4359 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4362 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4363 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4365 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4366 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4367 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4369 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4370 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4373 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4374 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4377 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4379 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4380 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4382 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4383 * root announcements are transmitted.
4385 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4386 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4387 * Announcement frames.
4389 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4390 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4393 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4394 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4396 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4397 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4400 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4401 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4404 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4406 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4408 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4409 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4410 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4412 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4413 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4415 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4416 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4417 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4419 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4420 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4422 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4424 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4425 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4426 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4427 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4429 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4430 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4431 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4432 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4434 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4435 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4436 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4437 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4438 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4440 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4441 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4442 * in the mesh formation field.
4444 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4446 enum nl80211_meshconf_params
{
4447 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID
,
4448 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT
,
4449 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT
,
4450 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT
,
4451 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS
,
4452 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES
,
4453 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL
,
4454 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS
,
4455 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES
,
4456 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME
,
4457 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT
,
4458 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT
,
4459 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL
,
4460 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME
,
4461 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE
,
4462 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL
,
4463 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL
,
4464 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS
,
4465 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL
,
4466 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING
,
4467 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD
,
4468 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR
,
4469 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE
,
4470 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT
,
4471 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL
,
4472 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL
,
4473 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE
,
4474 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW
,
4475 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT
,
4476 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE
,
4477 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN
,
4478 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS
,
4481 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4482 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4486 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4488 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4489 * changed while the mesh is active.
4491 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4493 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4494 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4497 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4498 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4501 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4502 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4503 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4506 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4507 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4509 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4510 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4511 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4512 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4513 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4514 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4515 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4516 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4519 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4520 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4521 * neighbor offset synchronization
4523 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4524 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4526 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4527 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4528 * Default is no authentication method required.
4530 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4532 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4534 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params
{
4535 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID
,
4536 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL
,
4537 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC
,
4538 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
,
4539 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH
,
4540 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE
,
4541 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC
,
4542 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM
,
4543 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL
,
4546 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4547 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4551 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4552 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4553 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4554 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4556 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4557 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4558 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4559 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4560 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4561 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4562 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4564 enum nl80211_txq_attr
{
4565 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
4566 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
,
4567 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP
,
4568 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN
,
4569 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX
,
4570 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS
,
4573 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4574 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4585 /* backward compat */
4586 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4587 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4588 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4589 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4590 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4593 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4594 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4595 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4596 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4597 * below the control channel
4598 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4599 * above the control channel
4601 enum nl80211_channel_type
{
4604 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS
,
4605 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4609 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4611 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4612 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4614 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4615 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4617 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4618 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4619 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4620 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4621 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4623 enum nl80211_key_mode
{
4630 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4632 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4635 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4636 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4637 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4638 * attribute must be provided as well
4639 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4640 * attribute must be provided as well
4641 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4642 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4643 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4644 * attribute must be provided as well
4645 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4646 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4647 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4648 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4649 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4650 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4651 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4653 enum nl80211_chan_width
{
4654 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT
,
4655 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
4656 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40
,
4657 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80
,
4658 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80
,
4659 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160
,
4660 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5
,
4661 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10
,
4662 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1
,
4663 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2
,
4664 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4
,
4665 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8
,
4666 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16
,
4670 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4672 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4674 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4675 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4676 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4677 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4678 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4680 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
{
4681 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
4682 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10
,
4683 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5
,
4684 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1
,
4685 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2
,
4689 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4691 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4692 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4693 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4694 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4695 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4696 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4697 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4698 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4699 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4700 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4701 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4702 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4703 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4704 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4705 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4706 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4707 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4708 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4709 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4710 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4711 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4712 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4713 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4714 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4715 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4716 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4718 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4719 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4720 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4721 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4722 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4723 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4724 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4725 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4726 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4727 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4728 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4729 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4730 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4731 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4732 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4734 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4735 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4736 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4737 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4738 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4739 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4742 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID
,
4744 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY
,
4746 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL
,
4747 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY
,
4748 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS
,
4749 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM
,
4750 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC
,
4752 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO
,
4753 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES
,
4754 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH
,
4755 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF
,
4756 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA
,
4757 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME
,
4759 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
,
4760 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID
,
4761 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL
,
4762 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET
,
4765 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST
,
4766 NL80211_BSS_MAX
= __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4770 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4771 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4772 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4773 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4775 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4776 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4778 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4779 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4781 enum nl80211_bss_status
{
4782 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED
,
4783 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED
,
4784 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED
,
4788 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4790 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4791 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4792 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4793 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4794 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4795 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4796 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4797 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4798 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4799 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4800 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4801 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4802 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4804 enum nl80211_auth_type
{
4805 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM
,
4806 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY
,
4807 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT
,
4808 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP
,
4809 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE
,
4810 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK
,
4811 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS
,
4812 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK
,
4815 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM
,
4816 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX
= __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM
- 1,
4817 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4821 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4822 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4823 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4824 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4825 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4827 enum nl80211_key_type
{
4828 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP
,
4829 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE
,
4830 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY
,
4832 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4836 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4837 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4838 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4839 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4843 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED
,
4844 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
,
4847 enum nl80211_wpa_versions
{
4848 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1
= 1 << 0,
4849 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2
= 1 << 1,
4850 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3
= 1 << 2,
4854 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4855 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4856 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4858 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4860 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4862 enum nl80211_key_default_types
{
4863 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID
,
4864 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST
,
4865 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST
,
4867 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4871 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4872 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4873 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4874 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4876 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4877 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4878 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4879 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4880 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4881 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4882 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4883 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4884 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4885 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4886 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4887 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4888 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4889 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4890 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4891 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4893 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4894 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4896 enum nl80211_key_attributes
{
4897 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID
,
4902 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT
,
4903 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT
,
4905 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
,
4907 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON
,
4910 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST
,
4911 NL80211_KEY_MAX
= __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4915 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4916 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4917 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4918 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4919 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4920 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4921 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4922 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4923 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4924 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4925 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4926 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4927 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
4928 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
4929 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
4930 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4931 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4933 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes
{
4934 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID
,
4935 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY
,
4940 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI
,
4941 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF
,
4944 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST
,
4945 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX
= __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4948 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4949 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4952 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4953 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4955 struct nl80211_txrate_vht
{
4956 __u16 mcs
[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX
];
4959 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
4961 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4962 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4964 struct nl80211_txrate_he
{
4965 __u16 mcs
[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX
];
4968 enum nl80211_txrate_gi
{
4969 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI
,
4970 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI
,
4971 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI
,
4975 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4976 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4977 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4978 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4979 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4980 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
4981 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
4982 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4983 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4997 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4998 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4999 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5001 enum nl80211_ps_state
{
5002 NL80211_PS_DISABLED
,
5007 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5008 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5009 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5010 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5011 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5012 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5013 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5014 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5015 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5016 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5017 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5018 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5019 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5020 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5021 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5022 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5023 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5024 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5025 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5026 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5028 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5029 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5030 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5031 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5032 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5034 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5035 * RSSI threshold event.
5036 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5037 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5039 enum nl80211_attr_cqm
{
5040 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID
,
5041 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD
,
5042 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST
,
5043 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT
,
5044 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT
,
5045 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE
,
5046 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS
,
5047 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL
,
5048 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT
,
5049 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL
,
5052 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST
,
5053 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX
= __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5057 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5058 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5059 * configured threshold
5060 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5061 * configured threshold
5062 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5064 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event
{
5065 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW
,
5066 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH
,
5067 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT
,
5072 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5073 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5074 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5075 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5077 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting
{
5078 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC
,
5079 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED
,
5080 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED
,
5084 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5085 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5086 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5088 enum nl80211_tid_config
{
5089 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE
,
5090 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE
,
5093 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5094 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5095 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5096 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5098 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting
{
5099 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC
,
5100 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED
,
5101 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED
,
5104 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5105 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5106 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5107 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5108 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5109 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5111 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5112 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5113 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5114 * should be left untouched.
5115 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5117 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5118 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5120 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5121 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5122 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5123 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5124 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5125 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5126 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5127 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5128 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5129 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5130 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5131 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5132 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5133 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5134 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5135 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5136 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5137 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5138 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5139 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5140 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5141 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5142 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5143 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5144 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5145 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5148 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr
{
5149 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID
,
5150 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD
,
5151 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP
,
5152 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP
,
5153 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE
,
5154 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS
,
5155 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK
,
5156 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT
,
5157 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG
,
5158 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL
,
5159 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL
,
5160 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL
,
5161 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE
,
5162 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE
,
5165 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
5166 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5170 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5171 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5172 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5173 * a zero bit are ignored
5174 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5175 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5176 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5177 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5178 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5179 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5180 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5181 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5182 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5183 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5184 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5185 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5186 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5187 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5188 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5190 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr
{
5191 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
,
5192 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
,
5193 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
,
5194 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
,
5197 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
= NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
- 1,
5201 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5202 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5203 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5204 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5205 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5207 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5208 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5209 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5210 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5211 * by the kernel to userspace.
5213 struct nl80211_pattern_support
{
5215 __u32 min_pattern_len
;
5216 __u32 max_pattern_len
;
5217 __u32 max_pkt_offset
;
5218 } __attribute__((packed
));
5220 /* only for backward compatibility */
5221 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5222 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5223 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5224 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5225 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5226 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5227 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5230 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5231 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5232 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5233 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5234 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5235 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5236 * any others are even supported by the device.
5237 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5238 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5239 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5240 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5241 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5242 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5243 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5244 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5245 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5246 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5247 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5249 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5250 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5252 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5253 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5254 * to the kernel when configuring.
5255 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5256 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5257 * by the device (flag)
5258 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5259 * done by the device) (flag)
5260 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5262 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5263 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5264 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5265 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5266 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5267 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5268 * attribute contains the original length.
5269 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5270 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5271 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5272 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5273 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5274 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5275 * contains the original length.
5276 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5277 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5278 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5279 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5280 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5281 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5282 * the TCP connection.
5283 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5284 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5285 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5286 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5287 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5288 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5290 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5291 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5292 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5293 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5294 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5295 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5296 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5297 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5298 * supported by the driver (u32).
5299 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5300 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5301 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5302 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5303 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5305 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5306 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5307 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5308 * these attributes must be present. If
5309 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5310 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5312 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5313 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5315 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5316 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5318 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers
{
5319 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID
,
5320 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY
,
5321 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT
,
5322 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT
,
5323 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN
,
5324 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED
,
5325 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE
,
5326 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST
,
5327 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE
,
5328 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE
,
5329 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
,
5330 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
,
5331 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
,
5332 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN
,
5333 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION
,
5334 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH
,
5335 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST
,
5336 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS
,
5337 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT
,
5338 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS
,
5341 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG
,
5342 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG
= NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG
- 1
5346 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5348 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5349 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5350 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5351 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5352 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5353 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5354 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5355 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5356 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5358 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5359 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5360 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5361 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5364 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5365 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5369 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5370 * @start: starting value
5371 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5372 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5374 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5375 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5378 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq
{
5379 __u32 start
, offset
, len
;
5383 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5384 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5385 * @len: length of each token
5386 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5387 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5389 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token
{
5391 __u8 token_stream
[];
5395 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5396 * @min_len: minimum token length
5397 * @max_len: maximum token length
5398 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5400 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature
{
5401 __u32 min_len
, max_len
, bufsize
;
5405 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5406 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5407 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5408 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5409 * (in network byte order)
5410 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5411 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5412 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5413 * might require ARP querying.
5414 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5415 * socket and port will be allocated
5416 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5417 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5418 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5419 * of the data payload.
5420 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5421 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5422 * advertising it is just a flag
5423 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5424 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5425 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5426 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5427 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5428 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5429 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5430 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5431 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5432 * but on the TCP payload only.
5433 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5434 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5436 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs
{
5437 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID
,
5438 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4
,
5439 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4
,
5440 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC
,
5441 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT
,
5442 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT
,
5443 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD
,
5444 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ
,
5445 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN
,
5446 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL
,
5447 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD
,
5448 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK
,
5451 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP
,
5452 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP
= NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP
- 1
5456 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5457 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5458 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5459 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5461 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5462 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5464 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support
{
5466 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat
;
5468 } __attribute__((packed
));
5471 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5472 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5473 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5474 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5475 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5476 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5477 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5478 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5479 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5481 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule
{
5482 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID
,
5483 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY
,
5484 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION
,
5485 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN
,
5488 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE
,
5489 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE
- 1
5493 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5494 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5495 * in a rule are matched.
5496 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5497 * in a rule are not matched.
5499 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition
{
5500 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH
,
5501 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5505 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5506 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5507 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5508 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5509 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5510 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5511 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5512 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5514 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs
{
5515 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC
,
5516 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX
,
5517 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES
,
5520 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT
,
5521 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT
= NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT
- 1
5525 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5527 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5528 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5529 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5530 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5531 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5532 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5533 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5534 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5535 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5536 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5537 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5538 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5539 * different channels may be used within this group.
5540 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5541 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5542 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5543 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5544 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5545 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5546 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5547 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5548 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5551 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5552 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5554 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5555 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5557 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5558 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5560 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5561 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5563 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5564 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5565 * that any of these groups must match.
5567 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5568 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5569 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5570 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5571 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5573 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs
{
5574 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC
,
5575 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS
,
5576 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM
,
5577 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH
,
5578 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS
,
5579 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS
,
5580 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS
,
5581 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD
,
5584 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB
,
5585 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB
= NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB
- 1
5590 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5592 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5593 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5594 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5596 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5597 * from this mesh peer
5598 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5599 * received from this mesh peer
5600 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5601 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5602 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5603 * plink are discarded
5604 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5605 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5607 enum nl80211_plink_state
{
5608 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN
,
5609 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT
,
5610 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD
,
5611 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD
,
5612 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB
,
5613 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING
,
5614 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED
,
5617 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES
,
5618 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES
= NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES
- 1
5622 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5624 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5625 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5626 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5627 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5629 enum plink_actions
{
5630 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION
,
5631 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN
,
5632 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK
,
5634 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS
,
5638 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5639 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5640 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5641 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5642 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5645 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5646 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5647 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5648 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5649 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5650 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5651 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5652 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5654 enum nl80211_rekey_data
{
5655 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID
,
5656 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK
,
5657 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK
,
5658 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR
,
5659 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM
,
5662 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA
,
5663 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA
= NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA
- 1
5667 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5668 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5670 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5672 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5673 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5675 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid
{
5676 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE
,
5677 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN
,
5678 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5682 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5683 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5684 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5685 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5686 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5687 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5688 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5689 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5691 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr
{
5692 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID
,
5693 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES
,
5694 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP
,
5697 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST
,
5698 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5702 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5703 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5704 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5706 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5707 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5708 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5710 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5713 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr
{
5714 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID
,
5715 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX
,
5716 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID
,
5717 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH
,
5720 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
,
5721 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
= NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
- 1
5725 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5726 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5727 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5728 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5729 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5730 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5732 enum nl80211_tdls_operation
{
5733 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ
,
5735 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN
,
5736 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK
,
5737 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK
,
5741 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5742 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5743 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5744 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5749 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5750 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5751 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5753 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5754 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5755 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5756 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5757 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5758 * cellular base stations.
5759 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5760 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5761 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5762 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5764 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5765 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5766 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5767 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5768 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5769 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5770 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5771 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5773 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5775 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5776 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5777 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5778 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5779 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5780 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5781 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5782 * states using station flags.
5783 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5784 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5785 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5786 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5787 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5788 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5789 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5790 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5791 * still generated by the driver.
5792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5793 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5794 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5795 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5796 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5797 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5798 * lifetime of a BSS.
5799 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5800 * Set IE to probe requests.
5801 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5802 * to probe requests.
5803 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5804 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5805 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5806 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5807 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5808 * Measurement Report action frame.
5809 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5810 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5812 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5813 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5814 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5815 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5816 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5817 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5818 * rts/cts handshake.
5819 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5820 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5821 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5822 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5823 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5824 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5825 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5826 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5827 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5828 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5829 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5830 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5831 * address mask/value will be used.
5832 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5833 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5834 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5835 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5836 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5837 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5838 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5839 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5841 enum nl80211_feature_flags
{
5842 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS
= 1 << 0,
5843 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS
= 1 << 1,
5844 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER
= 1 << 2,
5845 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS
= 1 << 3,
5846 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL
= 1 << 4,
5847 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE
= 1 << 5,
5848 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN
= 1 << 6,
5849 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH
= 1 << 7,
5850 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN
= 1 << 8,
5851 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER
= 1 << 9,
5852 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN
= 1 << 10,
5853 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN
= 1 << 11,
5854 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS
= 1 << 12,
5855 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5856 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS
= 1 << 14,
5857 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE
= 1 << 15,
5858 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM
= 1 << 16,
5859 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR
= 1 << 17,
5860 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE
= 1 << 18,
5861 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES
= 1 << 19,
5862 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES
= 1 << 20,
5863 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET
= 1 << 21,
5864 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION
= 1 << 22,
5865 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION
= 1 << 23,
5866 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS
= 1 << 24,
5867 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS
= 1 << 25,
5868 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION
= 1 << 26,
5869 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE
= 1 << 27,
5870 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH
= 1 << 28,
5871 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR
= 1 << 29,
5872 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR
= 1 << 30,
5873 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR
= 1U << 31,
5877 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5878 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5879 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5880 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5881 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5882 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5883 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5885 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5886 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5887 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5888 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5889 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5891 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5892 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5894 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5895 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5896 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5899 * channel dwell time.
5900 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5901 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5902 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5903 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5905 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5906 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5907 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5908 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5909 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5911 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5912 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5913 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5914 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5915 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5916 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5917 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5918 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5919 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5920 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5921 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5922 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5923 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5924 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5925 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5927 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5928 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5929 * actual dwell time.
5930 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5932 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5933 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5934 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5935 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5936 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5937 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5938 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5939 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5941 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5942 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5943 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5944 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5945 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5946 * "radar detected" event.
5947 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5948 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5949 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5950 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5951 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5953 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5954 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5956 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5957 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5958 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5959 * timing measurement responder role.
5961 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5962 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5963 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5964 * freeze the connection.
5965 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5966 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5968 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5969 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5972 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5973 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5975 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5976 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5978 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5981 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5982 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5984 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5985 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5986 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5988 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5989 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5990 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5992 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
5993 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
5994 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
5995 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
5997 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
5998 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
5999 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6001 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6003 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6004 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6006 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6007 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6009 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6010 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6011 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6012 * included in the scan request.
6014 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6015 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6017 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6018 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6020 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6021 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6024 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6025 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6027 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6028 * frames transmission
6030 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6031 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6033 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6034 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6036 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6037 * exchange protocol.
6039 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6040 * exchange protocol.
6042 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6043 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6044 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6046 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6047 * detection and change announcemnts.
6049 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6050 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6051 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6052 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6054 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6055 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6057 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index
{
6058 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS
,
6059 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
,
6060 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER
,
6061 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME
,
6062 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF
,
6063 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL
,
6064 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY
,
6065 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT
,
6066 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT
,
6067 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA
,
6068 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA
,
6069 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED
,
6070 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI
,
6071 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST
,
6072 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD
,
6073 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK
,
6074 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X
,
6075 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME
,
6076 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
,
6077 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE
,
6078 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION
,
6079 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL
,
6080 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN
,
6081 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN
,
6082 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN
,
6083 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD
,
6084 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211
,
6085 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT
,
6086 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6087 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT
= NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT
,
6088 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS
,
6089 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN
,
6090 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT
,
6091 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0
,
6092 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER
,
6093 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS
,
6094 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING
,
6095 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD
,
6096 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID
,
6097 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR
,
6098 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD
,
6099 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD
,
6100 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL
,
6101 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION
,
6102 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH
,
6103 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT
,
6104 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA
,
6105 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS
,
6106 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT
,
6107 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ
,
6108 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS
,
6109 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION
,
6110 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK
,
6111 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP
,
6112 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY
,
6113 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
,
6114 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE
,
6115 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF
,
6116 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT
,
6117 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE
,
6118 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR
,
6119 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD
,
6121 /* add new features before the definition below */
6122 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
,
6123 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
= NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
- 1
6127 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6128 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6129 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6130 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6131 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6132 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6135 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6136 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6137 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6138 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6140 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr
{
6141 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS
= 1<<0,
6142 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2
= 1<<1,
6143 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P
= 1<<2,
6144 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U
= 1<<3,
6148 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6149 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6150 * handled by the AP is reached.
6151 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6153 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason
{
6154 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS
,
6155 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT
,
6159 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6161 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6162 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6163 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6164 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6166 enum nl80211_timeout_reason
{
6167 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED
,
6168 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN
,
6169 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH
,
6170 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC
,
6174 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6176 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6177 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6180 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6181 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6182 * one of them can be used in the request.
6184 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6185 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6186 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6187 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6188 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6189 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6190 * when really needed
6191 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6192 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6193 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6194 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6195 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6196 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6197 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6198 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6199 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6200 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6201 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6202 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6203 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6204 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6205 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6206 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6207 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6208 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6209 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6210 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6212 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6213 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6214 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6215 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6216 * impacted with this flag.
6217 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6218 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6219 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6220 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6221 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6222 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6223 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6224 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6225 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6226 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6228 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6229 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6230 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6231 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6232 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6233 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6234 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6237 enum nl80211_scan_flags
{
6238 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY
= 1<<0,
6239 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH
= 1<<1,
6240 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP
= 1<<2,
6241 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR
= 1<<3,
6242 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME
= 1<<4,
6243 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
= 1<<5,
6244 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE
= 1<<6,
6245 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION
= 1<<7,
6246 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN
= 1<<8,
6247 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER
= 1<<9,
6248 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY
= 1<<10,
6249 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN
= 1<<11,
6250 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT
= 1<<12,
6251 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ
= 1<<13,
6252 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ
= 1<<14,
6256 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6258 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6259 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6260 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6262 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6263 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6264 * in ACL to authenticate.
6265 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6266 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6268 enum nl80211_acl_policy
{
6269 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED
,
6270 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED
,
6274 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6276 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6278 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6279 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6280 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6281 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6283 enum nl80211_smps_mode
{
6285 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC
,
6286 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC
,
6288 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST
,
6289 NL80211_SMPS_MAX
= __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6293 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6295 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6296 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6298 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6300 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6301 * the channel is now available.
6302 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6303 * change to the channel status.
6304 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6305 * over, channel becomes usable.
6306 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6307 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6308 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6309 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6310 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6311 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6313 enum nl80211_radar_event
{
6314 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED
,
6315 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED
,
6316 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED
,
6317 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED
,
6318 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED
,
6319 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED
,
6323 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6325 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6327 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6328 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6329 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6330 * is therefore marked as not available.
6331 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6333 enum nl80211_dfs_state
{
6335 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE
,
6336 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE
,
6340 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6341 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6342 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6343 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6344 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6345 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6347 enum nl80211_protocol_features
{
6348 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP
= 1 << 0,
6352 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6354 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6355 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6356 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6357 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6358 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6360 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id
{
6361 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC
,
6362 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP
,
6363 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL
,
6364 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA
,
6365 /* add other protocols before this one */
6366 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6369 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6370 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6373 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6375 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6377 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6378 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6379 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6380 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6381 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6383 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
{
6384 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED
= 1 << 0,
6385 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH
= 1 << 1,
6389 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6390 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6391 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6393 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6396 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6397 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6398 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6399 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6400 * added to this file when needed.
6401 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6403 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info
{
6409 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6411 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6412 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6414 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6415 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6416 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6417 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6419 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability
{
6420 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT
= 1<<0,
6421 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT
= 1<<1,
6422 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM
= 1<<2,
6423 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE
= 1<<3,
6427 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6428 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6429 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6431 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6432 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6433 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6434 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6435 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6437 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6439 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan
{
6440 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID
,
6441 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL
,
6442 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS
,
6445 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST
,
6446 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX
=
6447 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6451 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6453 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6454 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6455 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6457 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust
{
6460 } __attribute__((packed
));
6463 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6465 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6466 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6468 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6469 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6470 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6471 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6472 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6473 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6474 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6475 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6476 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6477 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6478 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6480 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6481 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6482 * which the driver shall use.
6484 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr
{
6485 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID
,
6486 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI
,
6487 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF
,
6488 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST
,
6491 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
6492 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6496 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6498 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6500 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6501 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6502 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6504 enum nl80211_nan_function_type
{
6505 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH
,
6506 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE
,
6507 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP
,
6510 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST
,
6511 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE
= __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST
- 1,
6515 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6517 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6519 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6520 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6522 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type
{
6523 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH
= 1 << 0,
6524 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH
= 1 << 1,
6528 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6530 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6532 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6533 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6534 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6536 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason
{
6537 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST
,
6538 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED
,
6539 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR
,
6542 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6543 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6544 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6547 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6548 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6549 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6550 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6551 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6552 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6553 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6554 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6555 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6556 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6557 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6558 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6559 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6560 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6561 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6562 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6563 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6564 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6565 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6566 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6567 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6568 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6570 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6571 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6572 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6573 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6574 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6575 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6576 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6577 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6578 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6579 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6580 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6581 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6582 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6583 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6585 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6586 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6588 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes
{
6589 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID
,
6590 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE
,
6591 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID
,
6592 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE
,
6593 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST
,
6594 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE
,
6595 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID
,
6596 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID
,
6597 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST
,
6598 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE
,
6599 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL
,
6600 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO
,
6601 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF
,
6602 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER
,
6603 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER
,
6604 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID
,
6605 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON
,
6608 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR
,
6609 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR
- 1
6613 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6614 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6615 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6617 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6618 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6619 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6620 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6621 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6622 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6623 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6624 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6625 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6627 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes
{
6628 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID
,
6629 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE
,
6631 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX
,
6632 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS
,
6635 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR
,
6636 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR
- 1,
6640 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6641 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6642 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6643 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6644 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6645 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6646 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6647 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6649 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6650 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6652 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes
{
6653 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID
,
6654 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL
,
6655 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER
,
6658 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR
,
6659 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR
- 1
6663 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6664 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6665 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6666 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6668 enum nl80211_external_auth_action
{
6669 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START
,
6670 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT
,
6674 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6675 * responder attributes
6676 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6677 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6678 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6679 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6680 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6681 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6682 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6683 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6684 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6685 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6687 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes
{
6688 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
6690 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED
,
6691 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI
,
6692 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC
,
6695 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST
,
6696 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
6700 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6702 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6703 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6705 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6706 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6707 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6708 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6709 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6710 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6711 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6712 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6713 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6714 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6715 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6716 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6717 * phase with the responder (u32)
6718 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6719 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6721 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6722 * scheduled window (u32)
6723 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6724 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6725 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6727 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats
{
6728 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID
,
6729 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM
,
6730 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM
,
6731 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM
,
6732 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM
,
6733 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM
,
6734 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC
,
6735 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM
,
6736 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM
,
6737 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM
,
6738 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD
,
6741 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST
,
6742 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX
= __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6746 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6747 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6748 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6749 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6750 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6751 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6753 enum nl80211_preamble
{
6754 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY
,
6755 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT
,
6756 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT
,
6757 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG
,
6758 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE
,
6762 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6763 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6764 * these numbers also for attributes
6766 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6768 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6769 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6771 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type
{
6772 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID
,
6774 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM
,
6776 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES
,
6777 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES
- 1
6781 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6782 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6783 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6784 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6785 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6786 * reason may be available in the response data
6788 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status
{
6789 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS
,
6790 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED
,
6791 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT
,
6792 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE
,
6796 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6797 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6799 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6800 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6801 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6802 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6805 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6806 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6808 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req
{
6809 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
6811 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA
,
6812 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF
,
6815 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS
,
6816 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS
- 1
6820 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6821 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6823 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6824 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6825 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6826 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6827 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6828 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6829 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6830 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6831 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6832 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6833 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6836 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6837 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6839 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6841 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6842 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6844 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp
{
6845 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
6847 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA
,
6848 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS
,
6849 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME
,
6850 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF
,
6851 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL
,
6852 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD
,
6855 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS
,
6856 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS
- 1
6860 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6861 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6863 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6864 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6865 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6866 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6867 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6868 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6869 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6870 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6871 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6873 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6874 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6876 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs
{
6877 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID
,
6879 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR
,
6880 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN
,
6881 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ
,
6882 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP
,
6885 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS
,
6886 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS
- 1,
6890 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6891 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6893 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6894 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6895 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6896 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6897 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6898 * measurement results
6899 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6900 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6901 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6902 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6903 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6904 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6905 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6906 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6907 * sub-attributes taken from
6908 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6910 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6911 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6913 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs
{
6914 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID
,
6916 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS
,
6917 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF
,
6918 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR
,
6919 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA
,
6920 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS
,
6923 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR
,
6924 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR
- 1
6928 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6929 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6931 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6933 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6935 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6936 * data can be requested during the measurement
6937 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6938 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6939 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6940 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6941 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6942 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6943 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6944 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6945 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6946 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6947 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6949 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6950 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6951 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6952 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6953 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6954 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6956 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6957 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6959 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa
{
6960 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID
,
6962 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP
,
6963 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP
,
6964 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI
,
6965 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC
,
6966 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES
,
6967 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS
,
6968 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT
,
6969 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST
,
6970 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED
,
6971 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
,
6974 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR
,
6975 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR
- 1
6979 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6980 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6982 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6983 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6984 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6985 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6986 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6987 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6988 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6989 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6990 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6991 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6992 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6993 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6994 * requested per burst
6995 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6996 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6998 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6999 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7001 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7002 * measurement (flag).
7003 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7004 * mutually exclusive.
7005 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7006 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7007 * ranging will be used.
7008 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7009 * ranging measurement (flag)
7010 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7011 * mutually exclusive.
7012 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7013 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7014 * ranging will be used.
7015 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7016 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7017 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7018 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7019 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7020 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7022 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7023 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7025 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req
{
7026 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
7028 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP
,
7029 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE
,
7030 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP
,
7031 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD
,
7032 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION
,
7033 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST
,
7034 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES
,
7035 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI
,
7036 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC
,
7037 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7038 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7039 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK
,
7040 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR
,
7043 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR
,
7044 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR
- 1
7048 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7049 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7050 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7051 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7052 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7053 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7054 * try and get no response)
7055 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7056 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7058 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7059 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7060 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7061 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7063 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons
{
7064 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED
,
7065 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE
,
7066 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED
,
7067 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL
,
7068 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE
,
7069 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP
,
7070 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY
,
7071 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS
,
7075 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7076 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7078 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7080 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7081 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7082 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7083 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7084 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7085 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7086 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7087 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7088 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7089 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7090 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7091 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7092 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7093 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7094 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7095 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7096 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7097 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7098 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7099 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7100 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7102 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7103 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7104 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7105 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7106 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7107 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7108 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7110 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7111 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7112 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7113 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7114 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7115 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7116 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7117 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7119 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7120 * (binary, optional);
7121 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7122 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7124 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7126 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7127 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7129 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp
{
7130 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7132 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON
,
7133 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX
,
7134 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS
,
7135 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES
,
7136 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME
,
7137 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP
,
7138 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION
,
7139 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST
,
7140 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG
,
7141 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD
,
7142 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE
,
7143 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE
,
7144 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG
,
7145 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE
,
7146 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD
,
7147 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG
,
7148 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE
,
7149 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD
,
7150 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI
,
7151 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC
,
7152 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD
,
7155 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR
,
7156 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR
- 1
7160 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7161 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7163 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7164 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7165 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7167 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7168 * values used by members of the SRG.
7169 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7170 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7171 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7173 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7174 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7176 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes
{
7177 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID
,
7179 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET
,
7180 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET
,
7181 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET
,
7182 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP
,
7183 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP
,
7184 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL
,
7187 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST
,
7188 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7192 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7193 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7195 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7196 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7197 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7199 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7200 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7202 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes
{
7203 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID
,
7205 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR
,
7206 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED
,
7207 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL
,
7210 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST
,
7211 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7215 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7216 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7218 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7219 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7220 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7221 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7222 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7224 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7225 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7227 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes
{
7228 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID
,
7230 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES
,
7231 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
,
7234 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST
,
7235 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7239 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7240 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7242 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7244 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7245 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7246 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7247 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7248 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7249 * frame including the headers.
7251 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7252 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7254 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes
{
7255 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID
,
7257 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN
,
7258 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX
,
7259 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL
,
7262 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST
,
7263 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST
- 1
7267 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7270 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7273 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7274 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7276 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7278 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7279 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7280 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7281 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7282 * frame template (binary).
7284 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7285 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7287 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes
{
7288 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7290 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT
,
7291 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL
,
7294 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST
,
7295 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX
=
7296 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST
- 1
7300 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7301 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7304 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7305 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7306 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7307 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7308 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7311 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism
{
7312 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
,
7313 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
,
7314 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
,
7315 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
,
7319 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7321 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7324 enum nl80211_sar_type
{
7325 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER
,
7327 /* add new type here */
7330 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE
,
7334 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7336 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7338 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7339 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7340 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7342 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7343 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7345 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7346 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7347 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7349 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7350 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7352 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7354 enum nl80211_sar_attrs
{
7355 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID
,
7357 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE
,
7358 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS
,
7360 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST
,
7361 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7365 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7367 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7368 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7369 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7370 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7372 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7373 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7374 * is applied to this range.
7376 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7377 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7378 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7379 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7380 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7381 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7382 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7384 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7386 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7387 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7388 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7390 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7391 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7392 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7394 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7395 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7397 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs
{
7398 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID
,
7400 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
,
7401 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX
,
7402 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
,
7403 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ
,
7405 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST
,
7406 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX
= __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST
- 1,
7410 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7411 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7412 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7414 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7417 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7419 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7420 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7421 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7422 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7424 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7425 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7426 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7427 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7430 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7431 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7432 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7433 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7434 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7435 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7437 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7438 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7439 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7440 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7441 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7442 * the interface index of the same.
7444 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7445 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7446 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7448 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7449 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7451 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes
{
7452 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID
,
7454 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES
,
7455 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY
,
7456 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX
,
7457 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX
,
7458 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA
,
7461 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST
,
7462 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7465 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */